+ All Categories
Home > Documents > TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other...

TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other...

Date post: 16-Mar-2018
Category:
Upload: duongphuc
View: 214 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
24
i ' ,.. TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE SPECIES COMPOSITION AT FISH CAGES FARM AREA ALONG SANTUBONG RIVER Nurul Nadia Binti Rajami QL 368 D6 Bachelor of Science with Honours N974 (Aquatic Resource Science and Management) 2012 2012
Transcript
Page 1: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

i

TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE SPECIES COMPOSITION AT FISH CAGES FARM AREA ALONG

SANTUBONG RIVER

Nurul Nadia Binti Rajami

QL 368 D6 Bachelor of Science with Honours N974 (Aquatic Resource Science and Management) 2012 2012

i Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik VNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE SPECIES COMPOSITION IN FISH CAGES FARM AREA ALONG SANTUBONG RIVER

PKHIDMAT MAKLUMAT AKADEMIK

111111111 fonr IIII 11111 1000235641

NURUL NADIA BINTI RAJAMI

Report Submitted in partial fulfilment for the degree of Bachelor of Science with Honours (Aquatic Resource Science and Management)

t Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak 2012

I

I

bull

DECLARATION

I hereby declare that the work in this project is my own except for qoutations and summaries

which have been duly acknowledged No portion of the work referred to in this dissertation

has been summitted in support of an application for another degree qualification of this or any

other university or institution of higher learning

~

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Programme

Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

bull ~ f i

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Alhamdulillah Thanks to ALLAH SWT for His blessings that I finally completed my final

year project This final year project report was prepared for the partial fulfilment for the

degree of Bachelor of Science in Aquatic Resource Science and Management

I would like to express my deepest thanks to many individuals who assisted me in the

completion of this project especially to my supervisor Assoc Prof Dr Othman Bojo for his

advice motivation guidance encouragement and critics My appreciation also goes to En

Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips I

also want to thanks the lecturers and staffs of Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

for their cooperation during the completion of the final year project They that had given me

valuable information suggestions and guidance in the compilation and preparation this final

year project report To all my course mates thanks for the cooperation helpful suggestion and

full of support for the report completion from the beginning till the end

Finally to my beloved parents Mr Rajami bin Bujang and Mrs Sarimah binti Fadzil for being

patient thoughtful and supportive Last but not least to any individual that involved directly

and indirectly in the making of this final year project report

Thank you all

I

bull r Pusat Khidmat MakJumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

Table of Contents

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I

T ABLE OF CONTENTS II

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS III

LIST OF TABLES IV

LIST OF FIGURES V

ABSTRACT VI

10 INTRODUCTION

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates 3 211 Dinoflagellates morphology 3

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates 5 23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates 6 24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs) 6

241 Impacts of HABs 8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study Areas 9 32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection 11 33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration 12 34 Statistical Data Analysis 12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition 13 42 Dinoflagellate Assemblages 14

421 Dinoflagellates Taxonomic description 24 )43 Diatom Assemblages 30

431 Diatom Taxonomic Description 31 44 Hydro-physical Characteristics

441 pH 32 442 Temperature 33 443 Salinity 34 444 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 35 445 Turbidity 36

50 DISCUSSION 37

60 CONCLUSIONS 43

REFERENCES 45

APPENDIX 49

I i

I

i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

~m Micro Metre

ANOVA Analysis Of Variance

APHA American Public Health Association

CFP Ciguatera Fish Poisoning

Chl-a Chlorophyll A

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DSP Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning

DTXs Dinophysis Toxins

GPS Global Positioning System

HABs Harmful Algal Blooms

L Litre

Mgll Milligram Per Litre

NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PbTxs Brevetoxins

PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning

PSU Practical Salinity Units

PTXs Pectenotoxins

SPSS Statistical Package For Social Science

STXs Saxitoxin

YTXs Yessotoxins

L--_ J--__ _____ _

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 2: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

i Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik VNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE SPECIES COMPOSITION IN FISH CAGES FARM AREA ALONG SANTUBONG RIVER

PKHIDMAT MAKLUMAT AKADEMIK

111111111 fonr IIII 11111 1000235641

NURUL NADIA BINTI RAJAMI

Report Submitted in partial fulfilment for the degree of Bachelor of Science with Honours (Aquatic Resource Science and Management)

t Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak 2012

I

I

bull

DECLARATION

I hereby declare that the work in this project is my own except for qoutations and summaries

which have been duly acknowledged No portion of the work referred to in this dissertation

has been summitted in support of an application for another degree qualification of this or any

other university or institution of higher learning

~

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Programme

Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

bull ~ f i

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Alhamdulillah Thanks to ALLAH SWT for His blessings that I finally completed my final

year project This final year project report was prepared for the partial fulfilment for the

degree of Bachelor of Science in Aquatic Resource Science and Management

I would like to express my deepest thanks to many individuals who assisted me in the

completion of this project especially to my supervisor Assoc Prof Dr Othman Bojo for his

advice motivation guidance encouragement and critics My appreciation also goes to En

Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips I

also want to thanks the lecturers and staffs of Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

for their cooperation during the completion of the final year project They that had given me

valuable information suggestions and guidance in the compilation and preparation this final

year project report To all my course mates thanks for the cooperation helpful suggestion and

full of support for the report completion from the beginning till the end

Finally to my beloved parents Mr Rajami bin Bujang and Mrs Sarimah binti Fadzil for being

patient thoughtful and supportive Last but not least to any individual that involved directly

and indirectly in the making of this final year project report

Thank you all

I

bull r Pusat Khidmat MakJumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

Table of Contents

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I

T ABLE OF CONTENTS II

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS III

LIST OF TABLES IV

LIST OF FIGURES V

ABSTRACT VI

10 INTRODUCTION

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates 3 211 Dinoflagellates morphology 3

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates 5 23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates 6 24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs) 6

241 Impacts of HABs 8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study Areas 9 32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection 11 33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration 12 34 Statistical Data Analysis 12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition 13 42 Dinoflagellate Assemblages 14

421 Dinoflagellates Taxonomic description 24 )43 Diatom Assemblages 30

431 Diatom Taxonomic Description 31 44 Hydro-physical Characteristics

441 pH 32 442 Temperature 33 443 Salinity 34 444 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 35 445 Turbidity 36

50 DISCUSSION 37

60 CONCLUSIONS 43

REFERENCES 45

APPENDIX 49

I i

I

i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

~m Micro Metre

ANOVA Analysis Of Variance

APHA American Public Health Association

CFP Ciguatera Fish Poisoning

Chl-a Chlorophyll A

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DSP Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning

DTXs Dinophysis Toxins

GPS Global Positioning System

HABs Harmful Algal Blooms

L Litre

Mgll Milligram Per Litre

NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PbTxs Brevetoxins

PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning

PSU Practical Salinity Units

PTXs Pectenotoxins

SPSS Statistical Package For Social Science

STXs Saxitoxin

YTXs Yessotoxins

L--_ J--__ _____ _

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 3: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I

I

bull

DECLARATION

I hereby declare that the work in this project is my own except for qoutations and summaries

which have been duly acknowledged No portion of the work referred to in this dissertation

has been summitted in support of an application for another degree qualification of this or any

other university or institution of higher learning

~

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Programme

Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

bull ~ f i

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Alhamdulillah Thanks to ALLAH SWT for His blessings that I finally completed my final

year project This final year project report was prepared for the partial fulfilment for the

degree of Bachelor of Science in Aquatic Resource Science and Management

I would like to express my deepest thanks to many individuals who assisted me in the

completion of this project especially to my supervisor Assoc Prof Dr Othman Bojo for his

advice motivation guidance encouragement and critics My appreciation also goes to En

Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips I

also want to thanks the lecturers and staffs of Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

for their cooperation during the completion of the final year project They that had given me

valuable information suggestions and guidance in the compilation and preparation this final

year project report To all my course mates thanks for the cooperation helpful suggestion and

full of support for the report completion from the beginning till the end

Finally to my beloved parents Mr Rajami bin Bujang and Mrs Sarimah binti Fadzil for being

patient thoughtful and supportive Last but not least to any individual that involved directly

and indirectly in the making of this final year project report

Thank you all

I

bull r Pusat Khidmat MakJumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

Table of Contents

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I

T ABLE OF CONTENTS II

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS III

LIST OF TABLES IV

LIST OF FIGURES V

ABSTRACT VI

10 INTRODUCTION

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates 3 211 Dinoflagellates morphology 3

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates 5 23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates 6 24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs) 6

241 Impacts of HABs 8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study Areas 9 32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection 11 33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration 12 34 Statistical Data Analysis 12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition 13 42 Dinoflagellate Assemblages 14

421 Dinoflagellates Taxonomic description 24 )43 Diatom Assemblages 30

431 Diatom Taxonomic Description 31 44 Hydro-physical Characteristics

441 pH 32 442 Temperature 33 443 Salinity 34 444 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 35 445 Turbidity 36

50 DISCUSSION 37

60 CONCLUSIONS 43

REFERENCES 45

APPENDIX 49

I i

I

i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

~m Micro Metre

ANOVA Analysis Of Variance

APHA American Public Health Association

CFP Ciguatera Fish Poisoning

Chl-a Chlorophyll A

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DSP Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning

DTXs Dinophysis Toxins

GPS Global Positioning System

HABs Harmful Algal Blooms

L Litre

Mgll Milligram Per Litre

NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PbTxs Brevetoxins

PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning

PSU Practical Salinity Units

PTXs Pectenotoxins

SPSS Statistical Package For Social Science

STXs Saxitoxin

YTXs Yessotoxins

L--_ J--__ _____ _

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 4: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

bull ~ f i

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Alhamdulillah Thanks to ALLAH SWT for His blessings that I finally completed my final

year project This final year project report was prepared for the partial fulfilment for the

degree of Bachelor of Science in Aquatic Resource Science and Management

I would like to express my deepest thanks to many individuals who assisted me in the

completion of this project especially to my supervisor Assoc Prof Dr Othman Bojo for his

advice motivation guidance encouragement and critics My appreciation also goes to En

Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips I

also want to thanks the lecturers and staffs of Faculty of Resource Science and Technology

for their cooperation during the completion of the final year project They that had given me

valuable information suggestions and guidance in the compilation and preparation this final

year project report To all my course mates thanks for the cooperation helpful suggestion and

full of support for the report completion from the beginning till the end

Finally to my beloved parents Mr Rajami bin Bujang and Mrs Sarimah binti Fadzil for being

patient thoughtful and supportive Last but not least to any individual that involved directly

and indirectly in the making of this final year project report

Thank you all

I

bull r Pusat Khidmat MakJumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

Table of Contents

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I

T ABLE OF CONTENTS II

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS III

LIST OF TABLES IV

LIST OF FIGURES V

ABSTRACT VI

10 INTRODUCTION

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates 3 211 Dinoflagellates morphology 3

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates 5 23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates 6 24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs) 6

241 Impacts of HABs 8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study Areas 9 32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection 11 33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration 12 34 Statistical Data Analysis 12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition 13 42 Dinoflagellate Assemblages 14

421 Dinoflagellates Taxonomic description 24 )43 Diatom Assemblages 30

431 Diatom Taxonomic Description 31 44 Hydro-physical Characteristics

441 pH 32 442 Temperature 33 443 Salinity 34 444 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 35 445 Turbidity 36

50 DISCUSSION 37

60 CONCLUSIONS 43

REFERENCES 45

APPENDIX 49

I i

I

i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

~m Micro Metre

ANOVA Analysis Of Variance

APHA American Public Health Association

CFP Ciguatera Fish Poisoning

Chl-a Chlorophyll A

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DSP Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning

DTXs Dinophysis Toxins

GPS Global Positioning System

HABs Harmful Algal Blooms

L Litre

Mgll Milligram Per Litre

NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PbTxs Brevetoxins

PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning

PSU Practical Salinity Units

PTXs Pectenotoxins

SPSS Statistical Package For Social Science

STXs Saxitoxin

YTXs Yessotoxins

L--_ J--__ _____ _

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 5: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I

bull r Pusat Khidmat MakJumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SARAWAK

Table of Contents

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I

T ABLE OF CONTENTS II

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS III

LIST OF TABLES IV

LIST OF FIGURES V

ABSTRACT VI

10 INTRODUCTION

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates 3 211 Dinoflagellates morphology 3

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates 5 23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates 6 24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs) 6

241 Impacts of HABs 8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study Areas 9 32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection 11 33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration 12 34 Statistical Data Analysis 12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition 13 42 Dinoflagellate Assemblages 14

421 Dinoflagellates Taxonomic description 24 )43 Diatom Assemblages 30

431 Diatom Taxonomic Description 31 44 Hydro-physical Characteristics

441 pH 32 442 Temperature 33 443 Salinity 34 444 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 35 445 Turbidity 36

50 DISCUSSION 37

60 CONCLUSIONS 43

REFERENCES 45

APPENDIX 49

I i

I

i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

~m Micro Metre

ANOVA Analysis Of Variance

APHA American Public Health Association

CFP Ciguatera Fish Poisoning

Chl-a Chlorophyll A

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DSP Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning

DTXs Dinophysis Toxins

GPS Global Positioning System

HABs Harmful Algal Blooms

L Litre

Mgll Milligram Per Litre

NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PbTxs Brevetoxins

PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning

PSU Practical Salinity Units

PTXs Pectenotoxins

SPSS Statistical Package For Social Science

STXs Saxitoxin

YTXs Yessotoxins

L--_ J--__ _____ _

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 6: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I i

I

i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

~m Micro Metre

ANOVA Analysis Of Variance

APHA American Public Health Association

CFP Ciguatera Fish Poisoning

Chl-a Chlorophyll A

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DSP Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning

DTXs Dinophysis Toxins

GPS Global Positioning System

HABs Harmful Algal Blooms

L Litre

Mgll Milligram Per Litre

NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units

PbTxs Brevetoxins

PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning

PSU Practical Salinity Units

PTXs Pectenotoxins

SPSS Statistical Package For Social Science

STXs Saxitoxin

YTXs Yessotoxins

L--_ J--__ _____ _

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 7: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

Table 1

Table 2

Table 3

Table 4

Table 5

Table 6

List Of Tables

Sampling Sites (Station) Along The Santubong River

Taxonomic List And Occurrence Of Dinoflagellates In Santubong River

Other Phytoplankton Identified In Samples Along Santubong River

ANOVA Table For Physico-Chemical Parameters

Multiple Comparison For Physic-Chemical Parameters

The Depth Of Water Column And Its Transparency

Pages

9

20

21

49

50

52

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 8: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I

bull t f

List Of Figures

Figure I Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellates

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplanktons

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species Identified in Monthly Sampling

Figure 5 Number oflndividual per ml of Dinoflagellates along Santubong River

Figure 6a Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 6b Representative Dinoflagellates

Figure 7a Representative Centric Diatoms

Figure 7b Representative Pennate Diatoms

Figure 8 Percentage Abundance of Diatoms along Santubong River

Figure 9 The Mean of Ph Value in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 10 The Mean Value of Temperature in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 11 The Mean Value of Salinity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 12 The Mean Value of Dissolved Oxygen CDO) in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Figure 13 The Mean Value of Turbidity in Three Sampling Stations from December 2011 to April 2012

Pages

4

10

13

15

15

16

17 ~

18

19

30

32

33

34

35

36

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 9: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

bull bull

Temporal Variation of Dinoflagellates Species Composition at Fish Cages Area along Santubong River

Nurul Nadia binti Rajami

Aquatic Resources Science and Management Faculty of Resources Science and Technology

University Malaysia Sarawak

ABSTRACT

Dinoflagellates were identified and counted from preserved net haul samples collected from three different stations along Santubong River The samples were collected monthly from December 20 II to Apri l 20 12 Eight dinoflagellate genera namely Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis and Pyrophacus were recorded Another 72 genera were belongs to diatoms Ceratium furca and a diatom Chaetoceros are the most common species found A few potentially toxic dinoflagellates species have been detected They were Dinophysis Prorocentrum and Gymnodinium The water physico-chemical parameters range from 291-322degC for temperature 26-313 PSU for salinity 73-80 for pH 21-82mgL-1 for dissolved I oxygen (DO) and 59-64 NTU for turbidity of Santubong River Result from this study showed that diatoms were dominated and dinoflagellates species composition is well distributed in all of the sampling stations

Keywords Dinoflagellates Composition Diatoms Toxic dinoflagellates Santubong River

ABSTRAK

Spesies dinojlagelat telah dikenalpasti dan dihitung melalui sampel yang telah diawet dari tiga stesen yang berlainan di sepanjang Sungai Santubong Sampel di ambil dari bulan Disember 2011 sehingga April 2012 Lapan genera dinojlagelat iaitu Ceratium Dinophysis Gymnodinium Gonyaulax Prorocentrum Protoperidinium Pyrocystis dan Pyrophacus telah direkod Selebihnya 72 taxa merupakan diatom Spesies Ceratium furca dari dinojlagelat mendominasi kawasan tersebut diikuti oleh spesis diatom Chaetoceros Melalui kajian ini juga beberapa spesies dinojlagelat yang berpotensi untuk mengandungi toksin telah dikenalpasti Conlohnya Dinophysis Prorocentrum dan Gymnodinium Bacaan pengukur Jizikal-kimia bagi suhu ialah 291shy322 t 26-313 PSU bagi kemasinan 73-80 bagi pH 21-82mgD i bagi kandungan oksigen terlarut dan 59shy64 NTU bagi kekeruhan juga direkod di Sungai Santubong Hasil kajian mendapati diatom telah mendominasi kesemua stesen dan komposisi spesies dinojlagelat mempunyai taburan yang serata di semua stesen pensampelan

Kala kunci Komposisi Dinojlagelat Diatom Dinojlagelat bertoksik Sungai Santubong

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 10: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

10 INTRODUCTION

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important members of the phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystems which represent a major component in food webs

(Saldiarriaga amp Hoppenrath 2010) Their cell sizes were range from 2 Jlm to 20 Jlm More

than 2000 existing species have been described only half of which are photosynthetic

They include autotrophs mixotrophs and grazers (Taylor et ai 2007) Most of the

photosynthetic zooxanthellae of invertebrate hosts are mutualistic dinoflagellate

symbionts plus all those crucial to reef-building corals (Taylor et ai 2007) Some of them

are also the important sources of bioluminescence in the ocean which can light up at night

(Hallegraeff 1995) Beside diatoms over half of the present-day dinoflagellates are

photosynthetic and are at the base of marine food web (Spector 1984) Furthermore

dinoflagellate gives food to filter-feeding bivalve shellfish such as oysters mussels

scallops and clams (Faust 2002)

Dinoflagellates can be identified by the presence of dimorphic flagella one

flagellum oriented around the cell and the other directed posterior which allow them to

swim freely in water with a forward spiralling motion (Faust 2002) Another characteristic

of the dinoflagellates is the wall configuration and arrangement that was based on the

presence (armoured) or absence (unarmoured) of a rigid outer cell covering or also known

as theca The dinoflagellates have unique characteristics It contains a distinctive nucleus

named the dinokaryon The DNA is not systematized around nucleosomal histones as a

substitute it forming fibrillar chromosomes that are always condensed and that divide via a

closed mitosis with an external spindle (Taylor et ai 2007)

When dinoflagellate proliferates to higher than normal concentrations the water

may discolour and appears red This condition is called red tides The blooms may be

1

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 11: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

It bull

either toxic or noxious which they often accumulate in shellfish or fish and when these are

eaten by humans they cause diseases like paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) neurotoxic

shellfish poisoning (NSP) diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) and ciguatera (HaUegraff

2004) Besides human health Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) also give negative impact to

aquaculture tourism industries and to the ecology of the water system Various factors

have been associated to the occurrence of HABs phenomenon such as wind and currents

light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake (Burkholder et ai 2006) Some species

were not bloom fonning but have potential toxin producers A few studies have done on

dinoflagellate in Sarawak River including Santubong River The study provides

infonnation on the species that available at Sarawak River but the composition of

dinoflagellates in the area of aquaculture is limited The aquaculture effluent might have an

influence to the species composition of dinoflagellates in that area and the potentially toxin

producer will gives negative impact not only to the river system but also to the consumer

who consume the seafood on that area

The objective of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of dinoflagellates species

composition at aquaculture area along Santubong River The composition of

dinoflagellates in Santubong River were also identified and documented This study could

provide an understanding on the documentation and all taxa of dinoflagellates presence on

the study area More over the possible toxic producers and bloom fonning dinoflagellates

can be identified

2

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 12: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I

20 LITERATURE REVIEW

Dinoflagellates are one of the most important components of phytoplankton in

marine and freshwater ecosystem (Spector 1984) The phytoplankton represent major

constituent of food webs and carry out photosynthesis to dependent aquatic ecosystem The

dinoflagellates are very abundant in all type of aquatic ecosystems and can be found living

as plankton or attached to sediments sand coral or on the other aquatic plants (Hoek et aI

1995)

21 Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflageliates are classified as Protists under the division Dinophyta in botanical

system and the order Dinoflagellida or Dinoflagellata in zoological systems (Hoppenrath amp

Saldarriaga 201 0) This is because some of the species are motile and heterotrophic while

other species have cell walls and are photosynthetic (Cabrini et aI 2010) Approximately

about 4500 species 550 genera taxonomic data of dinoflagellates have been described and

more than half of the species are in fossil fonn From 2000 living species more than 1700

are marine and about 220 are freshwater (Taylor et al 2007) Dinoflagellates show a great

range of fonns but most of this diversity can be resolved to five basic types (Taylor 1980)

including the hannful species

211 Dinoflagellates Morphology

Dinoflagellates are predominantly unicellular eukaryotic flagellated organisms that

posses both photosynthetic and non photosynthetic characters Their morphology is very

3

l

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 13: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

-----~------------~---------------------------

diverse They can be divided into two types depending on the point of insertion of the

flagella namely desmokont and dinokont (Taylor et aI 2007) Desmokont is a

dinoflagellate where the two flagella emerge at the cell apex While dinokont the flagella

emerge from the middle of the cell (Bellinger amp Sigee 2010) The two flageHa are inserted

ventrally one flagellum is longitudinal and housed in a sulcus The transverse flagellum

provides propulsion and the longitudinal flagellum provides direction (Tomas 1997) In

desmokonts the pole are directed towards the swimming direction is anterior the opposite

pole is posterior and the broad surfaces of the cell are lateral In dinokonts the side form

which the flagella arise is ventral the opposite surface is dorsal Some examples of

dinokont are Gymnodinium and Dinophysis

The other group desmokont is Prorocentrum (Taylor 1987) A dinoflagellate

lacking cellulose plates is said to be athecate and cell covered only by a membrane

(Cabrini et aI 2010) The plates may be thick or so thin that they cannot be seen with the

light microscope There is generally an inverse relationship between the number and the

thickness of the plates (Taylor 1980) The number shape and arrangement of these plates

form a distinctive geometry known as plate tabulation which is the main means for

classification and they are a most important taxonomic criterion (Taylor 1980)

wntnIlvlew dorsal view

Figure 1 Basic Anatomy of Thecate Dinokont Dinoflagellate Modified After Evitt 1985 (Macrae 2007)

4

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 14: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

Pusat Khidmat Maklumat Akademik UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAKAWAK

Dinoflagellate usually has a cellulose cell wall perforated by many pores Most forms

have an equatorial groove that contains a ribbon flagellum This groove separates the

dinophytes cellulose cell wall into two portions the epicone and hypocone The number

arrangement and thickness of the thecal plates can vary significantly The cell surface

ornamentation can be observed to identify the species such as pores depressions spines

ridges and reticulations (Faust 2002) Spines wings and horns may decorate the cell

wall The thecate forms have covering composed of three parts epitheca (covering

epicone) girdle plate (covering the girdle) and hypotheca (covering the hypocone)

(Lebour 1925) Dinoflagellates are mostly having a single nucleus called the dinokaryon

The DNA is not organizing around nucleosomal histones instead forming fibrillar

chromosomes that are always condensed and divide through mitosis with an external

spindle (Spector 1984)

22 Distribution of Dinoflagellates

Dinoflagellates can be found with 90 in marine and 10 in freshwater in the aquatic

environment (Taylor et ai 2007) The distribution of dinoflagellates depends on wind and

currents light temperature oxygen pH and nutrient uptake Winds play an important role

in the development of freshwater dinoflagellate blooms whether in their vertical and

horizontal distribution (Taylor 1987) Dinoflagellates are commonly studied during their

motile planktonic stage cyst-forming dinoflagellates which are known from all oceanic

habitats Temperature can influence photosynthetic rates and division rates uptake and

respiration rates and cell size of the dinoflage1lates (Steidinger 1997)

5

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 15: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

tmiddot

23 Ecology and Growth of Dinoflagellates

Approximately 13-16 of living dinoflagellates produce a donnant resting cyst

(Head 1996) Cyst fonnation for dinoflagellates was basicaHy related to the fonnation of

seed to initiate red tides or Hannful Algal Blooms (HABs) existence approach due to

environmental stress resources for genetic recombination direct source of toxicity and

factor in bloom tennination (Anderson et ai 2003) Therefore dinoflagellates cysts

provide infonnation of mechanisms of spreading and reoccurrence of HAB (Sidharta et aI

2008)

Dinoflagellates are the second most abundant fonn of autotrophic life in the marine

ecosystem As such they are at the base of the food chain and provide food for herbivorous

zooplankton and sessile benthic suspension feeders They can be found either as free-

floating planktonic dinoflagellate to benthic habitats as attached with the bottom from

freshwater to estuaries and to hypersaline waters (Faust 2002) Dinoflagellates are

typically large-celled organisms such as Ceratium Peridinium and Peridiniopsis

Dinoflagellate can vertica]ly migrate up during the day when the light is strongest and

down at night (Rapport 1996) Dinoflagellates are the only photosynthetic organisms

capable of bioluminescence (Taylor 1987) Some species will act as parasite on other )

organisms and some species also support coral reef ecosystems through symbiotic

associations This type of dinoflagellate is called zooxanthellae

24 Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs)

Mass productions of phytoplankton are known as algal blooms Such blooms contain

- high concentrations of algal biomass HABs causing discoloration of water are commonly

6

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 16: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

known as red tides (Halle graeff 1995) Dinoflagellate species such as Dinophysis

Alexandrium and Prodinium can contaminate shellfish with toxins even at very low cell

concentration (Hallegraeff 2004) Harmful dinoflagellates are basically indistinguishable

from other dinoflagellates from the same habitats in their responses to temperature

salinity and light (Taylor 1987) Freshwater dinoflagellate has poor salinity tolerance

where estuarine and some marine species can tolerate a wide salinity range (Taylor 1987)

There are different types of harmful dinoflagellate blooms Most of the information is

adapted from Camacho et al (2006)

a) Species which produce basically harmless irritation conditions (odours andor

discoloration of water) in sheltered bays that causes oxygen depletion Example

Gonyaulax polygramma Gymnodinium sanguinum Noctiluca scintilans

b) Species that produce potent toxins that can find their way through the food chain

to humans causing a variety of gastrointestinal and neurological illnesses Some

of the species can contaminated the shellfish at very low cell concentrations

1 Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Mostly found in mussles

scallops clams and gastropod The main toxins were Okadaic acid

dinophysis toxins (DTXs) yessotoxins (YTXs) and pectenotoxins

(PTXs) Example Dinophysis acuta D acuminata D rotundata

Prorocentrum belizeanum P faustiae Plima

II Ciguatera Fish Poisoning (CFP)

Ciguatera fish poisoning is the most common marine toxin disease

worldwide The primary toxin involve is ciguatoxin and mostly been

contaminated if consume reef fish such as barracuda grouper and

snapper Example Gambierdiscus toxicus Ostreopsis

mascarenensis Prorocentrum sp

7

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 17: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

bull r

iii Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning (PSP) It is associated with saxitoxin

(STXs) Example Alexandrium acatenella A catenella A

cohorticula A fundyense A fraterculua A minutum A tamarense

Gymnodinium catenatum Pyrodinium bahamense var compressum

iv Neurotoxin Shellfish Poisoning (NSP) the toxins contain was

brevetoxins (PbTxs) Detected to who consume oyster clams

mussels cockles and whelks Example Karenina breve and K cf

breve from New Zealand

c) Species which are nontoxic to humans but harmful to fish and manne

invertebrates especially in intensive aquaculture systems The cells may cause

damage or clog the gills of these animals It is mostly attacked mussels and oyster

Example Gymnodinium mikimotoi

241 Impacts of HABs

HABs are natural phenomena but their occurrence geographic range and intensity

appear to have increased since the 1970s and their economic impact is larger now

compare to the past (Camacho et al 2006) The increased economic impact of HABs is

probably linked with the increased consumption of seafood and growth in coastal

populations (Anderson et al 2003) Symptoms occur generally as a consequence of

consumption of contaminated seafood and direct human exposure to HABs

8

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 18: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

30 MATERIALS AND METHODS

31 Study areas

The study was carried out at Santubong River between December 2011 and April 2012

Santubong River is an important river that located in Santubong Village which is about 35

km from Kuching City There is a lot of other village which depend on aquaculture

industries and also transportation in Santubong area Phytoplankton samples were collected

from three stations along the Santubong River The following months the sampling was

done with two other stations The stations were fish cages culture shrimp aquaculture

discharge and jetty of Fisheries Department The location of each site was coordinated

using Global Positioning System (GPS) All the locations were recorded in Table 1

Table 1 Sampjing sites (station) along the Santubong River

Station Location Coordinate

Jetty of Fisheries Department N 01 deg42 85 E 110deg19270

2 Fish Cage Culture

3 Shrimp aquaculture discharge

9

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 19: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

Figure 2 Maps of Santubong River

10

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 20: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I shy

32 Phytoplankton Sampling and Water Quality Collection

Eighteen water samples were collected using Van Dom water sampler with 20llm

mesh size plankton net at the surface of the water column Three stations were selected

jetty of Fisheries Department shrimp fann discharge and fish cage culture On the first two

months of sampling December 2011 and January 2012 only one stations of sampling were

done The next sampling February to April 2012 were done in three stations with varies

tidal range The water samples are kept in the 1 L Whirl-Pak and kept in the cooler box Inshy

situ water quality namely temperature and pH using pH meter turbidity using turbidity

meter salinity was estimated using salinometer and dissolved oxygen (DO) using DO

meter The transparency of water column was detennined with a Secchi disk The depth of

the river is measured in every sampling using depth finder The means of temperature pH

salinity DO turbidity for each sampling station were obtain from three replicate readings

The water samples were transported to the laboratory and preserved with Lugol s

acidic solution Some fresh samples were observed under the compound microscope

immediately after field sampling Lugols solution is added at a concentration of 1 mL per

100 mL sample (APHA 1976) An advantage of Lugols solution is that flagellates

preserved with it retain their flagella (Hotzel amp Croome 1999) The water samples were let

to settle for at least 24 hour After that the upper layer of sediment samples were siphoned

off from the top layer to final volume of 100ml and 1ml aliquot was used for enumeration

(Bangheri et aI 2010) The nutrients of the water samples are refer to the previous study

done by Ling et al (2010)

11

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 21: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

I bull

33 Phytoplankton identification and enumeration

One ml aliquot from each sample was poured in the counting slide with coverslips

(24x20) and observed under compound microscope with 4X and lOX objectives (Liliana

2005) Phytoplankton were counted and identified to the lowest taxa under compound

microscope Magnus Live model equip with connection to the laptop to capture the picture

ofphytoplankton found

34 Statistical Data Analysis

Statistical analyses of data obtained from each station among months were determined

using SPSS version 20 for Windows Significant differences of these parameters at each

sampling station monthly were tested with one-way ANOV A with P005 using Tukey

statistical test (Liliana 2005)

)

12

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 22: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

40 RESULTS

41 Qualitative Phytoplankton Composition

The phytoplankton checklist and contribution of different taxonomic groups to the

total phytoplankton are presented in Table 2 A total of 89 taxa were identified in this

study From the list 8 genera consists of 17 species of dinoflagellates 69 species of

diatoms from 20 genera and blue-green algae Diatoms were most occurred taxa during

every months of sampling compare to dinoflagellates Family Chaetoceraceae from centric

diatom made up the higher number (2 genera 13 species) followed by family from

pennate diatom Bacillariaceae (6 genera 10 species)

=Dinoflagellate

~ Pennate Diatom

bull Centric Diatom

December January February March April

Month

Figure 3 Percentage Distribution of Phytoplankton

13

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 23: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

absent

four

42 Dinoflagellates Assemblages

The species composition of dinoflagellates was lower than diatoms throughout the study

period at all sampled locations Some were recorded throughout the months and some were

Seventeen species of planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 8 genera were

recorded during this study They occurred throughout the period of study with distinct

monthly sampling Ceratium is the common and distributed genus in the study areas with

species of were identified namely Ceratium jurca Ceratium fosus Ceratium

trichoceros and Ceratium tripos Meanwhile the Dinophysis and Protoperidinium with

three species each The cell counts of C jurca were the highest during December 2011 and

those Protoperidinium on April 2012 off Santubong River

Many species of potentially toxic dinoflagellates were found in this study All of

them occurred in low cell numbers C jurca Cjusus Prorocentrum sigm 0 ides P micans

and Protoperidinium sp can be found in every months of the sampling location Individual

oPyrophacus Pyrocystis lunula and Dmile were less detected at all locations

)

14

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15

Page 24: TEMPORAL VARIATION IN DINOFLAGELLATE ... - … Variation in Dinoflagellate...Zaidi Ibrahim and other lab assistants who had helped me a lot during my sampling trips. I ... full of

i ll50 iI e ~

18

16

14 tj

12I 0 0 IOc- 0

8 v 0

~ 6 Z

4

2

0

tshy__________________________________________LI_______

I middot

J------------------------------------li --shy I r--shy

1---------------------------------lJ-e-shy ~ middot 1

-+

i I

r j ~ J= I~ ~

I

December January February March April

-

-

lr I

o Ceratiaceae

E3 Dinophysiaceae

I Gymnodiniaceae

11 Prorocentraceae

El Protoperidiniaceae

II I Pyrocystaceae

~ Pyrophacaceae

Month

Figure 4 Number of Dinoflagellates Species identified in Monthly Sampling

400 ~-------------------------------

350

300

250

200

100 II Number of Individual

50 o

IV b-IV IV IV IV IVb- b- b- b- bshyilJ bull IV IV ~

IV IV IV ~1gt 1gt 1gt~~ iY~ IVlt iY~ ~1gt~o~ ~o ZJ~ o~ampv ~oQ-lty ()4-$i ~o ~o~ ~ ~4

~lto

Family of Dinoflagellates

Figure 5 Number of dinoflagellates individual per ml along Santubong River

15


Recommended